Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRS_Wetland_Delineation_Report_140922_v1      The Watershed Company September 2014 TABLE OF C ONTENTS Page # 1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 1 2 Methods ............................................................................................... 1 3 Findings ............................................................................................... 3 3.1 Soos Creek and Molasses Creek Wetland Systems ..................................... 3 3.1.1 Soos Creek System ........................................................................................... 5 3.1.2 Molasses Creek Wetland System ..................................................................... 8 3.2 North BPA Power Line Corridor Wetlands .................................................... 9 3.3 Molasses Creek Ravine Wetlands .................................................................. 9 3.4 Streams .......................................................................................................... 10 3.4.1 Molasses Creek Tributaries ............................................................................ 10 3.4.2 Molasses Creek ................................................................................................ 10 3.4.3 Soos Creek ....................................................................................................... 11 3.4.4 Cedar River ....................................................................................................... 11 3.5 Non-regulated features ................................................................................. 11 3.5.1 North Hillslope Drainage Features ................................................................. 12 3.5.2 Drainage A ........................................................................................................ 12 3.5.3 Drainage B ........................................................................................................ 12 3.5.4 Drainage I ......................................................................................................... 13 4 Local Regulations ............................................................................. 13 5 State and Federal Regulations ........................................................ 16 Appendix A Delineation Figure Appendix B Wetland Determination Data Forms Appendix C Wetland Rating Forms Appendix D King County Jurisdictional Determinations – Ponded Areas P & Q L IST OF F IGURES Figure 1: Location of Study Area .................................................................................... 2 i Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report Figure 2: Approximate Location of Soos Creek Wetland System. See survey maps for precise wetland boundary locations.......................................................... 5 L IST OF T ABLES Table 1: Wetland Classifications and Applicable Buffer Widths per KCC 21A.24.325.A.1 and RMC 4-3-050.M.6.c ......................................................................... 15 Table 2. Aquatic areas classifications and buffer widths per KCC 21A.24.355 & 358 and RMC 4-3-050.3.L. ................................................................................... 15 Wetland and Stream Delineation Report - II The Watershed Company September 2014 W ETLAND AND S TREAM D ELINEATION R EPORT SOOS CREEK TRAIL EXTENSION 1 INTRODUCTION The Watershed Company conducted an extensive wetland and stream delineation study along approximately four miles of the proposed Soos Creek Trail alignment between SE 192nd Street north to the intersection of the Cedar River Trail near SE Renton - Maple Valley Road. The proposed trail extension crosses through the jurisdictions of unincorporated King County and the City of Renton. An approximately 125-foot segment is also located in a newly annexed area within the City of Kent where the trail will cross SE 192nd Street. This report summarizes the results of the study and includes a description of relevant local, State, and Federal regulations. Results presented in this report were compiled from field wetland delineations by The Watershed Company spanning the past five years, with the most recent fieldwork completed in January 2013. All prior fieldwork flagging was verified or updated in 2012 to make it current with the published date of this report. 2 METHODS The study area was evaluated for wetlands using methodology from the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Version 2.0 (Regional Supplement) (US Army Corps of Engineers [Corps] May 2010). Wetland boundaries were determined on the basis of an examination of vegetation, soils, and hydrology. Areas meeting the criteria set forth in the Regional Supplement were determined to be wetland. Soil, vegetation, and hydrologic parameters were sampled at multiple locations along the wetland boundaries to make the determination. We recorded data at 45 of these locations. Delineated wetlands were classified using the Western Washington Wetland Rating System (Ecology, Aug 2004, version 2) (Rating System) and according to the relevant local codes. 1 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report The ordinary high water mark (OHWM) of project area streams was determined based on the definition provided by the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife and WAC 220-110-020(69). The OHWM is located by examining the bed and bank physical characteristics and vegetation to ascertain the water elevation for mean annual floods. Field observations and published information were used to classify streams. Figure 1: Location of Study Area South BPA Power Line Corridor North Hillslope Molasses Creek Ravine North BPA Power Line Corridor Soos Creek Wetland System Molasses Creek Wetland System 2 The Watershed Company September 2014 3 FINDINGS The proposed trail alignment extends through a variety of habitat types and existing land development. Generally, the land use in the proposed trail locations includes power line corridors, undeveloped forest, and single-family residential developments. The power line corridors are maintained by the Bonneville Power Administration (BPA) to provide utility access and eliminate hazards to the overhead power lines. Therefore, non-wetland vegetation in these areas is limited to scrub-shrub, sapling trees, and emergent communities that are dominated by a mix of mostly Douglas-spirea, Scot’s broom, red alder saplings, and field grasses. Two power line corridors are located along the proposed trail alignment. For the purposes of this study, the corridors are identified as the north corridor and the south corridor. The undeveloped forest areas include mixed second growth forests that contain western red cedar, western hemlock, bigleaf maple, black cottonwood, and red alder in the canopy, with vine maple, beaked hazelnut, salmonberry, osoberry, sword fern, and stinging nettle in the understory. Within Renton Park, just north of SE Petrovitsky Road, stands of large second-growth western red cedar and Sitka spruce are also present. The forested areas in the northern portions of the proposed trail, north of the BPA power line corridor, are generally situated on steep slopes above the Molasses Creek stream channel. There are 17 jurisdictional wetlands and six jurisdictional streams, along with several artificially-created ponds and drainage features, present in the vicinity of the proposed trail alignment. King County has reviewed the status of the excavated ponds and other artificial drainage features and has determined that the features are artificially created storm water control facilities that are not subject to regulation under the King County Code [see attached confirmation emails from King County (Appendix D]. 3.1 Soos Creek and Molasses Creek Wetland Systems A large wetland system associated with Soos Creek, Molasses Creek, and other hydrologically connected wetland areas is present in the vicinity of much of the proposed trail alignment. Though it is one continuous hydrologically-connected wetland, the system straddles two drainage basins and Water Resource Inventory Areas (WRIA). The northern portion of the system drains to the Cedar River via Molasses Creek (WRIA 8), and the southern portion drains to the Green River via Soos Creek (WRIA 9). For descriptive purposes, we have divided the wetland system into two sub-systems: the Soos Creek Wetland System and the Molasses Creek Wetland System. Wetlands A and B drain towards the south as 3 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report part of the Soos Creek Wetland System. Wetlands D and E drain towards the north as part of the Molasses Creek Wetland System. Wetland C is located on both sides of the WRIA boundary and drains in both directions. For purposes of wetland rating and classification, the Soos Creek Wetland System and Molasses Creek Wetland System are divided into five separate wetland units. Per the Rating System Guidance, when changes in the hydrologic regime is great enough to inhibit equal exchange of hydrology between different units in the same wetland system, the units may be divided and rated independently from one another. The Soos Creek Wetland System is located within both the City of Renton and unincorporated King County jurisdictional boundaries. Wetland ratings in this section are provided according to the Ecology Rating (King County)/Renton Classification. Where noted the King County rating is listed as KC and Renton as Renton. 4 The Watershed Company September 2014 Figure 2: Approximate Location of Soos Creek Wetland System. See survey maps for precise wetland boundary locations. 3.1.1 Soos Creek System Wetland A Wetland A is a KC Category I/Renton Category 2 riverine wetland unit associated with Soos Creek. The wetland unit extends south from two adjacent concrete culverts that are located beneath a dirt road that runs northeast from the terminus of SE 182nd Street. The culverts convey Soos Creek between Wetland Units A and B. Since the culverts do not allow an equal exchange of hydrology Wetland B Wetland C Wetland A Approximate Soos Creek Wetland System Boundary Approximate Molasses Creek Wetland System Boundary Approximate Wetland Rating Unit Boundary Approximate Stream Locations Wetland A continues to south of SE 192nd Area of non- wetland Soos Creek Wetland E Molasses Creek Wetland D 5 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report between the two units, they represent the boundary between Wetland A to the south and Wetland B to the north. Wetland A continues southward through the south BPA power line corridor and extends beyond the southern extent of the study area, which ends just south of SE 192nd Street. Wetland A contains a variety of vegetation communities, including forested, scrub-shrub, and emergent vegetation. Forested areas are generally dominated by red alder and black cottonwood in the canopy layer with willows, red-osier dogwood, salmonberry, twinberry, water parsley, skunk cabbage, and lady fern in the understory. Scrub-shrub communities are generally associated with the south BPA power line corridor and are dominated by Douglas-spirea, salmonberry, twinberry, and vine maple. Emergent areas are located mostly south of the study area and are dominated by common cattail, reed canarygrass, and small-fruited bulrush. The soils sampled in several data points within Wetland A. Investigators consistently observed low chroma/high value soils with redoximorphic features (RMF) present. The soils sampled in these locations satisfied the criteria for Redox Dark Surface (F6). USDA soil maps also indicate substantial areas within the interior of the wetland that contain organic soil layers. Hydrology for Wetland A is provided by overbank flooding from Soos Creek and by a high groundwater table. Soos Creek loses much of its channel definition in Wetland A as it disperses into sheet flow and poorly-defined braided channels, resulting in permanent or seasonal/occasional flooding throughout Wetland A. Wetland B Wetland B is a KC Category I/Renton Category 2 riverine wetland unit associated with Soos Creek that is located north of the concrete culverts mentioned above. Wetland B extends from the culverts north to within approximately 300 feet of SE Petrovitsky Road. Generally, Wetland B is located west of the existing trail that runs between the two culverts and SE Petrovitsky Road. The composition of Wetland B is similar to that of Wetland A, with forested, scrub-shrub, and emergent vegetation communities. Soils sampled along the boundaries of Wetland B are mineral soils that satisfy the criteria for the hydric soil indicator Redox Dark Surface (F6). However, USDA soil maps indicate that most of the soil in the interior of Wetland B is organic. Much of Wetland B, similar to Wetland A, is permanently flooded, with some areas that are seasonally or occasionally flooded. Hydrology is provided by overbank flooding from Soos Creek and from a high groundwater table. Only the eastern boundary of Wetland B, where it is adjacent to the dirt road that traverses the system, was delineated as part of this study. 6 The Watershed Company September 2014 Wetland B is considered a separate unit from Wetland A where Soos Creek is conveyed through the two culverts beneath the dirt road at the end of SE 182nd Street. The two culverts represent a hydrologic break between the units. Areas upstream of the culvert are part of Wetland B, and areas downstream are part of Wetland A. Wetland C Wetland C, which extends from the two Soos Creek culverts northeast to SE Petrovitsky Road, is hydrologically connected to Wetlands A and B. Wetland C is generally located east of the existing dirt road. The wetland unit contains characteristics of depressional and riverine wetlands, but is considered depressional for the purposes of rating. Wetland C is a KC Category II/Renton Category 2 wetland. Wetland C contains two outlets that drain in opposite directions from different sides of the wetland unit. Wetland C serves as the headwaters for a tributary of Molasses Creek that flows northward out of the wetland via a culvert beneath SE Petrovitsky Road. A second, unnamed stream flows westward into Wetland B, via a culvert beneath an existing trail separating Wetlands B and C. The stream beneath the trail flows unidirectionally into Wetland B, therefore serving as a hydrologic break between the two wetland units. Similarly, the culvert beneath SE Petrovitsky Road serves as a hydrologic break between Wetland C and those wetland units north of the road. Wetland C contains forested, scrub-shrub, and emergent vegetation communities. Forested areas are generally located along the northern boundary adjacent to SE Petrovitsky Road, and they are dominated by red alder and black cottonwood trees. Scrub-shrub and emergent communities are more prevalent throughout the unit. Scrub-shrub communities are dominated by Douglas spirea, willows, and Pacific crabapple. The emergent component is dominated by small-fruited bulrush, slough sedge, and common cattail. The soil in Wetland C, as indicated on USDA soil maps, is mostly organic. Hydrology is provided by a high groundwater table, and has developed permanent and seasonal/occasional ponded areas within the wetland unit. Wetland BB Wetland BB is a small depressional wetland located in Boulevard Park in Renton. Wetland BB is not hydrologically connected to the Soos Creek Wetland System, but it is located near Wetland A. Vegetation in Wetland BB is mowed lawn grasses and creeping buttercup. The soil in Wetland BB satisfies the hydric soil indicator Redox Dark Surface (F3). Hydrology for Wetland BB is provided by a high groundwater table. 7 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report 3.1.2 Molasses Creek Wetland System Wetland D Wetland D is a KC Category 2/Renton Category 2 wetland located in Renton Park north of Wetland C, across SE Petrovitsky Road. Wetland D contains slope and depressional HGM classes. Some riverine HGM features may be present east of the study area, where the wetland is adjacent to Molasses Creek and the associated tributary for which Wetland C is the headwater. The Molasses Creek tributary is conveyed in a culvert beneath SE Petrovitsky Road. The culvert does not allow an equal exchange of hydrology between Wetland Units C and D, and therefore, represents a break between the two units. The wetland, both on- and off-site, is composed of palustrine forested and scrub- shrub vegetation classes. A mix of native deciduous and coniferous trees forms the forest canopy, which is made up of red alder, black cottonwood, willows, western red cedar, and western hemlock. The wetland also contains small stands of large second-growth western red cedar and Sitka spruce. However, the stands are not large enough (>1 acre) to satisfy the criteria for a Mature Forested Wetland per the Ecology Rating System. Shrub patches are dominated by red- osier dogwood, salmonberry, Douglas spirea, blackcap raspberry, Pacific dewberry, and red huckleberry. The forest floor is cover by a diverse mix of emergent plants, including skunk cabbage, spiny wood fern, lady fern, sword fern, slough sedge, false Solomon’s seal, false azalea, and false-lily-of-the-valley. Approaching the northwest wetland boundary, the soils sampled satisfy the criteria for Histic Epipedon (A2). This hydric soil type is characterized by a thick (8- to 12-inch) organic layer over mineral soil. USDA soil maps also indicate the presence of organic soils in Wetland D. The wetland contains numerous hummocks and shallow depressions. Hydrology for Wetland D is provided by a high groundwater table, and portions of the wetland are also likely supplemented by overbank flooding from Molasses Creek and/or its identified tributary. Wetland E Wetland E is a small KC Category IV/Renton Category 3 slope wetland that is characterized by palustrine forested and scrub-shrub vegetation. Sediment deposits and shallow channels are present throughout the unit. Groundwater is the primary source of hydrology. Additionally, the wetland receives runoff from a stormwater ditch near the south end, which collects stormwater from the Lindbergh High School track and field north of the wetland. Western red cedar and red alder dominate the forest canopy. Twinberry and salmonberry form the shrub patches, and slough sedge is the dominant groundcover. Soils in this wetland unit have a high organic content and are similar to the hydric soils recorded in Wetland D. 8 The Watershed Company September 2014 Water from Wetland E flows into Wetland D and there is also a continuous connection of hydric soils and hydrophytic vegetation. However, drainage patterns in Wetland E are indicative of periodic high velocity and unidirectional flows, a condition that constitutes a change in water regime and, therefore, constitutes a break between wetland units. As with a portion of Wetland C, south of Petrovitsky Road SE, Wetland D and E are in the Molasses Creek drainage basin. Areas south of Petrovitsky Road SE generally drain towards the south as part of the Soos Creek basin. 3.2 North BPA Power Line Corridor Wetlands Three wetlands, Wetlands F, G, and H, were identified and delineated (or partially delineated) in the north power line corridor. All three wetlands are located within unincorporated King County. Wetlands F, G, and H are depressional wetlands of similar character. All three are closed depressions with no outlets, and each is dominated by scrub-shrub vegetation. Common vegetation in these wetlands includes Douglas-spirea, willows, salmonberry, salal, lady fern, slough sedge, and soft rush. Hydrology for Wetlands F, G, and H is provided by a high groundwater table. Additionally, precipitation likely perches on the compact soils during the wetter times of the year. Surface ponding was present in the wetlands during our inspections in late May 2009 and May 2012. The soils in Wetlands, F, G, and H are generally low chroma (≥2) sandy loams with redoximorphic features and/or hydrogen sulfide present. 3.3 Molasses Creek Ravine Wetlands The sloped areas between Molasses Creek and the existing trail corridor were investigated for wetlands from the north power line corridor northward (downstream) to the creek’s confluence with the Cedar River. A total of seven wetlands (six slope and one riverine) were identified in the ravine. All seven wetlands have a hydrologic connection to Molasses Creek. Typically, the hydrologic connection occurs where the downslope wetland boundary abuts the western bank of Molasses Creek. Wetlands J, K, L, M, O, and P are slope wetlands supported by a high groundwater table that appears in the form of seeps, often in very steep terrain. The characteristics of these slope wetlands are generally similar. However, small headwater stream channels originate from the base of Wetlands L and P, and Wetland K has a stream channel flowing into the wetland from above. Wetlands K and O were each delineated as mosaic wetlands, as they satisfy the criteria defined in the Rating System Guidance. 9 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report Wetland I is a riverine wetland near the upstream extent of the delineated portion of Molasses Creek. Wetland I has a scrub-shrub Cowardin vegetation class that is dominated by salmonberry, devil’s club, lady fern, small-fruited bulrush, and skunk cabbage. Hydrology is derived from a high groundwater table and overbank flooding from Molasses Creek. Soils sampled in Wetland I satisfy the hydric soil indicator Depleted Matrix (F3). All of the slope wetlands in the Molasses Creek ravine rate as Category III wetlands per the Ecology Rating Form. The slope wetlands within the City of Renton all rate as Category 2. Wetland I rates as a KC Category II/Renton Category 2 wetland. The jurisdictional boundary of Renton crosses through several of these ravine wetlands. Wetland N is a depressional wetland located on a ridge above (west of) the existing paved road that traverses the hillside at the northern extent of the project area. Wetland N contains a forested Cowardin vegetation class characterized by immature red alder and black cottonwood trees in the canopy layer and a sparsely vegetated understory of reed canarygrass, soft rush, and creeping buttercup. Several corrugated pipes discharge into the wetland, although their origins are not clear. It is likely that precipitation and runoff perch on the relatively compact soils in Wetland N, creating a shallow, seasonally-ponded wetland. Wetland N is a KC Category III wetland located in unincorporated King County. 3.4 Streams There are seven jurisdictional streams located within the project area. Smaller streams were generally delineated in their entirety, while larger streams and rivers were only delineated in areas relevant to the proposed trail project. 3.4.1 Molasses Creek Tributaries Three tributaries to Molasses Creek were identified and delineated on the western slopes of the ravine containing Molasses Creek. Streams D, E, and F all have similar characteristics. The streams are likely permanently flowing features which are fed by groundwater seeps emerging at the surface of the soil and are associated with slope wetlands. Streams D, E, and F are not considered fish- bearing, as all three streams are located on very steep slopes with average gradients of more than 50 percent. The classification for all three streams is Type N for portions within King County and Class 3 within City of Renton. 3.4.2 Molasses Creek The left bank (looking downstream) of Molasses Creek was delineated from north power line corridor northward (downstream) to the confluence with the Cedar River. Both banks were delineated for the lower approximately 215 feet of 10 The Watershed Company September 2014 the stream length. Molasses Creek flows through one large (approximately 10- foot-diameter) culvert approximately 200 feet east of the confluence with the Cedar River, and then flows through a system of three culverts ranging from three to five feet in diameter approximately 100 feet east of the confluence of the Cedar River. None of the culverts functions as a complete fish passage barrier. Molasses Creek is a permanently flowing stream, and the delineated portion is a documented salmonid fish-bearing stream. The delineated portion of Molasses Creek spans unincorporated King County and the City of Renton. Portions of the creek in King County are considered Type F and portions in Renton are considered Type 2. 3.4.3 Soos Creek Throughout much of the project area, Soos Creek is poorly defined due to low gradient and dispersal across wide areas within Wetlands A and B. A portion of the Soos Creek OHWM was delineated on both sides, upstream and downstream, of the two culverts beneath the dirt road extension just northeast of SE 182nd Street. The delineated portion is well defined and located within the City of Renton. According to the City’s Water Classes Map, Soos Creek is a Class 2 stream. Downstream segments of Soos Creek, outside of the project area, are documented to contain coho and Chinook salmon, as well as steelhead trout. There are no documented complete fish barriers downstream of the project area, and it can be assumed that, at a minimum, coho salmon and cutthroat trout are present in Soos Creek within the project area. Areas of Soos Creek in unincorporated King County, although not delineated as part of this study, are considered Type F aquatic areas. 3.4.4 Cedar River A portion of the OHWM along the left bank (looking downstream) of the Cedar River was delineated adjacent to the northern extent of the project area. The delineated segment extends from the bridge associated with State Route 169 southwest for approximately 1,500 feet. The delineated portion of the Cedar River encompasses both King County and City of Renton jurisdictions. Within King County, the Cedar River is considered a Type S aquatic area, and in Renton, it is considered a Class 1 water. As a regionally-important river, The Cedar is well documented as habitat for multiple salmonid fish species and is considered a Shoreline of the State in both jurisdictions. 3.5 Non-regulated features Seven constructed storm water conveyance or detention features were identified in the project area. Most of the features are located in the northern extent of the project area and are associated with an existing road and an abandoned, former road that extends from the Archstone Cedar River Apartments up the adjacent hillside southward to the north BPA powerline corridor. 11 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report 3.5.1 North Hillslope Drainage Features Four interconnected features (Drainage G, Drainage Area H, and Ponded Areas Q and R) are located on or near the base of the hillside above The Archstone Cedar River Apartments. Drainage Area H, which does not satisfy wetland or stream criteria, appears to convey surface runoff through a culvert into Drainage G, which also conveys runoff from a man-made ditch along the existing roadway. Drainage G is stream-like in appearance, but all of the flow it receives is from man-made drainage features, and it is not in a topographic ravine or other landform where a historic stream channel would likely be located. Flow from Drainage D is then conveyed into Ponded Area R. Two cut-and-fill ponded areas (Ponded Areas Q and R) are located near the base of the hillside. Stormwater from Drainage G is discharged into Ponded Area R, which likely served as a settlement pond when it was originally constructed. After detention and settlement in Ponded Area R, stormwater was historically conveyed through a pipe that connects to Ponded Area Q. It appears that the pipe connecting the two ponds is no longer functional, as the inlet was located beneath a layer of sediment; however, the outlet in Ponded Area Q cannot be located. A poorly defined swale is present along the western boundary of Ponded Area R, which conveys overflow into the Cedar River during flood events. During periods of high water, stormwater from Ponded Area Q is conveyed through a Type 2 catch basin that discharges to Molasses Creek. The system, as a whole, was likely created to manage stormwater runoff that resulted from the leveling of a portion of the adjacent hillside in the 1960s. Historic aerial photography and topographic maps support the conclusion that the ponds were created in the 1960s or 1970s. These areas were discussed in the field with King County DPER staff. The attached correspondence from DPER documents these features are not jurisdictional in King County (See Appendix D). 3.5.2 Drainage A Drainage A is a constructed roadside ditch along the north side of SE 192nd Street near the southern extent of the project area. The ditch parallels the road and conveys stormwater runoff from the road east into Wetland A. Drainage A is located within the City of Kent. 3.5.3 Drainage B Drainage B is a drainage ditch that originates from a stormwater outfall structure at Renton Park Elementary School. Erosive flows from the stormwater outfall have created a channel that crosses existing trails and eventually disperses into Wetland D. The channel appears to carry runoff from storm events. Neither 12 The Watershed Company September 2014 field indicators nor documentation of a historic stream channel suggest a naturally occurring stream feature is or was present at this location. 3.5.4 Drainage I Drainage I is a stormwater overflow feature associated with the Archstone Cedar River Apartments. The man-made feature receives rare stormwater discharges through a culvert at the eastern end of the feature. In February 2013, trash, dry leaves and other debris were noted inside the piped stormwater outfall to this feature, indicating the lack of flow in the pipe since at least the fall of 2012. The closed depression is armored with riprap and contains a spillway at the top of the western boundary that discharges onto a rockery adjacent to the Cedar River. The depression is approximately ten feet deep and would only overtop its western boundary during extreme flood events. Drainage I does not satisfy wetland criteria (see data sheet DP-32). 4 LOCAL REGULATIONS As discussed above, the project area traverses the jurisdictions of King County and the City of Renton, and some of the delineated features are located in both jurisdictions. The two jurisdictions use different criteria for the rating of wetlands and streams. Table 1 shows applicable buffer widths associated with wetlands, while Table 2 shows stream buffer widths. Wetlands and streams in King County are regulated under Chapter 21A.24 of the King County Code (KCC). Under KCC, wetlands are rated as one of four categories based on the Ecology Rating System, which scores wetlands based on water quality functions, hydrology functions, and wildlife habitat functions. Wetland buffers in King County are based on the wetland category, the habitat score and proximity to the Urban Growth Area (UGA). The entire project is located within the UGA. For wetlands located within the UGA, associated buffer widths are determined based on a combination of the wetland category and the habitat score. For Category I and II wetlands with a habitat score greater than 20 points, the standard buffer width is increased 7.5 feet for each habitat point beyond 20 points. Per KCC 21A.24.325.D.2, when a wetland buffer extends onto a steep slope or landslide hazard area, the buffer width is the greater of the standard buffer or the top of the hazard area. Because no specific delineation of the landslide hazard areas is available, buffers for wetlands in the northern part of the study area are based on King County GIS data. Under KCC, streams are rated as one of four types based on inventory status as Shorelines of the State, the presence of fish and/or fish habitat, and connectivity 13 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report to other streams. The Cedar River is a Shoreline of the State, and therefore a Type S water. Molasses Creek and Soos Creek are not Shorelines of the State but contain fish. Therefore, Molasses Creek and Soos Creek are Type F waters. All of the streams in the Molasses Creek ravine are too steep to support fish use, and all are connected to a Type F water. Therefore, all of the streams in the ravine are considered Type N waters. Stream buffer widths in King County are based on the aquatic area type. Per KCC 21A.24.358.A.3, when an aquatic area buffer extends onto a steep slope or landslide hazard area, the buffer width is the greater of the standard buffer or the top of the hazard area. As with the wetlands in the northern portion of the study area, the attached maps use the King County GIS landslide hazard mapping to show the extent of the extended buffers. Wetlands and streams in Renton are regulated under Chapter 4-3-050 of the Renton Municipal Code (RMC). Under RMC, wetlands are rated as one of three classes based on size, composition, presence of open water, and presence of rare or endangered/threatened species. None of the wetlands in the project area are documented to contain endangered or threatened species, and none contain substantial areas of open water. Therefore, none are considered Category 1 wetlands. There is minimal evidence of severe man-made alterations, such as those described in the RMC, to Wetlands A, B, C, or D. Therefore, Wetlands A, B, C, and D are Category 2 wetlands. Wetland A does contain a dike through a portion of its area. However, when compared with the size and composition of Wetland A, the dike does not represent an alteration substantial enough to warrant classifying Wetland A as a Category 3 wetland. Wetland E is a small wetland of relatively poor quality. Therefore, Wetland E is considered a Category 3 wetland. Wetland buffers in Renton are based on the wetland category. Wetland BB is small; the vegetation is completely mowed; and it provides low levels of function. Therefore, Wetland BB is considered a Category 3 wetland. Streams in Renton are rated as one of five classes based on inventory status as Shorelines of the State, the presence of salmonid fish or salmonid fish habitat, permanence of flow, and connectivity to other waters. The Cedar River is a Shoreline of the State, and is therefore considered a Class 1 water. Molasses Creek and Soos Creek are not Shorelines of the State but contain salmonid fish. Therefore, Molasses Creek and Soos Creek are Class 2 waters. All of the streams in the Molasses Creek ravine are too steep to support fish use, and all are permanently flowing. Therefore, all of the streams in the ravine are Class 3 waters. Stream buffers in Renton are determined based on the stream classification. Per KCC 21A.06.1391 and RMC 4-11-230, wetlands do not include artificial features made from a non-wetland area, including, but not limited to surface water conveyances created for drainage and flow control/detention facilities. 14 The Watershed Company September 2014 Similarly, per KCC 21A.06.1240, streams do not include wholly artificial channels, unless they convey historic stream flow or are used by salmonids. The north hillslope drainage features are all part of an artificially created system intended for stormwater control. Therefore in our opinion, none of the features are regulated under KCC or RMC. Drainage I was also artificially created as part of a stormwater control system and is not regulated under KCC or RMC. Similarly, Drainages A and B are artificially created and are not located in a historic stream channel. Per RMC 4-3-50.L.1.a, these features satisfy the definition of Class 5 waters, which are not regulated by the City. Table 1: Wetland Classifications and Applicable Buffer Widths per KCC 21A.24.325.A.1 and RMC 4-3-050.M.6.c Feature Department of Ecology/King County Rating Category Habitat Score Standard Buffer Width per KCC*** City of Renton Category Standard Buffer Width per RMC** Wetland A I 24 180 feet 2 50 feet Wetland BB IV 8 50 feet 3 25 feet Wetland B I 26 190 feet 2 50 feet Wetland C II 22 155 feet 2 50 feet Wetland D II 22 139 feet 2 50 feet Wetland E IV 17 50 feet 3 25 feet Wetland F II 16 100 feet N/A N/A Wetland G II 15 100 feet N/A N/A Wetland H II 8 100 feet N/A N/A Wetland I II 23 147.5 feet N/A N/A Wetland J III 24 125 feet N/A N/A Wetland K III 24 125 feet N/A N/A Wetland L III 25 125 feet 2 50* Wetland M III 24 125 feet 2 50* Wetland N III 11 75 feet N/A N/A Wetland O III 23 125 feet 2 50* Wetland P III 20 125 feet N/A N/A Ponded Area Q Non-regulated* N/A N/A N/A N/A Ponded Area R Non-regulated* N/A N/A N/A N/A *King County has confirmed that these areas are not regulated by the County. Verification from the City of Renton, Federal and state agencies is pending. ** Required buffer may change when City of Renton adopts newly revised Shoreline Master Plan and Critical Areas Code. ***If a wetland buffer in King County extends onto a steep slope or landslide hazard area, the buffer width shall be the greater of the standard buffer or the top of the hazard area (KCC 21A.24.325.D.2) Table 2. Aquatic areas classifications and buffer widths per KCC 21A.24.355 & 358 and RMC 4-3-050.3.L. Feature Name Stream Classification Standard Buffer Stream Classification Standard Buffer Width 15 Soos Creek Trail Extension Wetland and Stream Delineation Report per KCC Width per KCC**** Per RMC per RMC Drainage A Artificial feature* N/A Artificial feature N/A Drainage B Artificial feature* N/A Artificial feature N/A* Molasses Creek Type F 115 feet Class 2 100 feet** Soos Creek Type F 115 feet Class 2 100 feet** Stream D Type N 65 feet Class 3 75 feet** Stream E Type N 65 feet Class 3 75 feet** Stream F Type N 65 feet Class 3 75 feet** Drainage G Artificial feature* N/A Artificial feature N/A Drainage Area H Artificial feature* N/A Artificial feature N/A Drainage I Artificial feature* N/A Artificial feature N/A Cedar River*** Type S 115 feet Class 1 100 feet** * King County has verified that these features are not regulated by the County. Verification from the City of Renton, federal, and state and state agencies is pending. ** Required buffer may change when City of Renton adopts newly revised Shoreline Master Plan and Critical Areas Code. ***Basin designation is Low. Property is inside UGA. **** If a stream buffer in King County extends onto a steep slope or landslide hazard area, the buffer width shall be the greater of the standard buffer or the top of the hazard area (KCC 21A.24.358.A.3). A small area of the proposed trail segment along the intersection with SE 192nd Street has been recently annexed into the City of Kent. This area includes a portion of Wetland A. Per City of Kent regulations, Wetland A would require a standard buffer width of 150 feet (KMC 11.06.600.A). Drainage A is located within the City of Kent. However, Drainage A is a ditch that is not jurisdictional under the KMC, due to it being an artificially constructed storm water conveyance feature. Entirely artificial drainage features, ditches, and/or stormwater conveyance features are explicitly excluded from the jurisdictional definitions of “streams” and “wetlands” under KMC 11.06.485 & 11.06.530. 5 STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS Wetlands and streams are also regulated by the U.S. Corps under section 404 of the Clean Water Act. Any filling of Waters of the State, including wetlands (except isolated wetlands), would require notification and permits from the Corps. Most of the wetlands in the study area would not be considered isolated, due to their connections to various streams. Wetlands N and BB may be considered isolated, as no obvious surface water connection between those features and any Water of the U.S. was observed in our opinion. A formal isolated status inquiry can be requested from the Corps through the Jurisdictional Determination process. 16 The Watershed Company September 2014 To maintain the physical, chemical, and biologic integrity of Waters of the U.S. in accordance with the Clean Water Act, the Corps has a new review process for ditches, ditch wetlands, and artificially created stormwater control features. Based on recent court cases, it has been determined that some ditches and stormwater control features that meet wetland criteria, even if excavated from uplands, may still be regulated by the Corps under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act as a “Water of the United States.” If any such features will be directly impacted in the form of fill or excavation, it is advised that the Corps be consulted to determine if they are jurisdictional. The Corps does not regulate the discharge of stormwater into streams or wetlands, unless ground disturbances are proposed. Federally permitted actions that could affect endangered species (i.e. salmon or bull trout) may also require a biological assessment study and consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and/or the National Marine Fisheries Service. Application for Corps permits may also require an individual 401 Water Quality Certification and Coastal Zone Management Consistency determination from Ecology. In general, neither the Corps nor Ecology regulates wetland or stream buffers, unless direct impacts are proposed. When direct impacts are proposed, mitigated wetlands and streams may be required to employ buffers based on Corps and Ecology joint regulatory guidance. The information contained in this report is based on the application of technical guidelines currently accepted as the best available science and in conjunction with the manuals and criteria outlined in the methods section. All discussions, conclusions and recommendations reflect the best professional judgment of the authors and are based upon information available to us at the time the study was conducted. All work was completed within the constraints of budget, scope, and timing. The findings of this report are subject to verification and agreement by the appropriate local, State and Federal regulatory authorities. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. 17       The Watershed Company June 2013 Appendix A - I A PPENDIX A Delineation Figure       JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 500'1000'2000' AREA ONE, SHEET 2 AREA TWO, SHEET 3 AREA THREE, SHEET 4 AREA FOUR, SHEET 5 AREA FIVE, SHEET 6 AREA SIX, SHEET 7 WETLAND DELINEATION OVERALL SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 500'-0" SHEET INDEX 1.OVERALL SITE PLAN 2.AREA ONE ENLARGED 3.AREA TWO ENLARGED 4.AREA THREE ENLARGED 5.AREA FOUR ENLARGED 6.AREA FIVE ENLARGED 7.AREAS SIX & SEVEN ENLARGED 8.AREA EIGHT ENLARGED 9.AREA NINE ENLARGED CONTACTS ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT THE WATERSHED COMPANY 750 SIXTH STREET SOUTH KIRKLAND, WA 98033 (425) 822-5242 CONTACT: HUGH MORTENSEN NOTES 1.SURVEY PROVIDED BY HUITT-ZOLLARS, JUNE 2012 2.WETLANDS DELINEATED BY THE WATERSHED COMPANY VICINITY MAP PROJECT AREA 1 AREA NINE, SHEET 9 SE P E T R O V I T S K Y R O A D SE R E N T O N M A P L E V A L L E Y R O A D SE 1 6 4 T H S T R E E T SE 1 9 2 N D S T R E E T CEDAR R I V E R AREA SEVEN, SHEET 7 AREA EIGHT, SHEET 8 P P DRAINAGE A NON-JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND BB RMC, CAT. 2 EASEMENT LINE FOR POWER LINES EXISTING TRAIL CENTERLINE CITY OF RENTON CITY OF KENT UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY WETLAND A KCC, CAT. I RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND AKCC, CAT. IRMC, CAT. 2 SOOS CREEKNOT DELINEATED SOOS CREEKNOT DELINEATED WETLAND A KCC, CAT. IRMC, CAT. 2 EASTERN WETLAND BOUNDARY WAS NOT DELINEATED. BUFFER EXTENT UNKNOWN. CITY OF KENTWETLAND BUFFER LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 8 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA ONE SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 2 "SOOS CREEK"RMC, CLASS 2 CULVERT CITY OF RENTON UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY WETLAND CKCC, CAT. II RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND AKCC, CAT. IRMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND A KCC, CAT. IRMC, CAT. 2 EASTERN WETLAND BOUNDARYWAS NOT DELINEATED.BUFFER EXTENT UNKNOWN. WHERE STREAM BANK WAS DELINEATED FOR ONE SIDEONLY, THE OTHER SIDE HAS BEEN APPROXIMATED. SOOS CREEKNOT DELINEATED EASTERN WETLAND BOUNDARYWAS NOT DELINEATED. BUFFER EXTENT UNKNOWN. SOOS CREEKNOT DELINEATED LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA TWO SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 3 "SOOS CREEK" RMC, CLASS 2 ESTIMATED DIVIDING LINE BETWEEN WETLANDS C & A CULVERT EXISTING DIRT AND GRAVEL ROAD EXISTING DIRT AND GRAVEL ROAD ESTIMATED DIVIDING LINE BETWEEN WETLANDS B & C CITY OF RENTON UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY WETLAND C KCC, CAT. II RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND B KCC, CAT. I RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND C KCC, CAT. II RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND C KCC, CAT. II RMC, CAT. 2 PORTION OF WETLAND BOUNDARY WAS NOT DELINEATED. TRAIL OUTSIDE OF BUFFER. WETLAND B KCC, CAT. I RMC, CAT. 2 LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 80'160'320'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA THREE SCALE: 1" = 80'-0"4 SEE AREA TWO, SHEET 3 LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON EXISTING PATH EXISTING PATH ESTIMATED DIVIDING LINE EXISTING DIRT TRAIL CITY OF RENTON UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY EASTERN WETLAND BOUNDARY WAS NOT DELINEATED. BUFFER EXTENT UNKNOWN. WETLAND DRMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND C KCC, CLASS II SE PETRO V I T S K Y R O A D JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 8 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA FOUR SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 5 DRAINAGE F NON-JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND D KCC, CAT. II RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND E KCC, CAT. IV RMC, CAT. 3 EXISTING PATH CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 8 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA FIVE SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 6 KING COUNTY CAO LANDSLIDE AREA BOUNDARY PER IMAP CITY OF RENTON EXISTING GRAVEL / DIRT ROAD EXISTING PATH EXISTING PATH UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 8 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREAS SIX & SEVEN SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 7 MATCHLINE MATCHLINE MOLASSES CREEKLEFT BANK MOLASSES CREEK LEFT BANK STREAM EKCC, TYPE N RMC, CLASS 3 WETLAND LKCC, CAT. III RMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND J KCC, CAT. III WETLAND I KCC, CAT. II WETLAND HKCC, CAT. II WETLAND GKCC, CAT. II WETLAND FKCC, CAT. II STREAM DKCC, TYPE N KING COUNTY CAO LANDSLIDEAREA BOUNDARY PER IMAP EXISTING DIRT TRAIL EXISTING DIRT TRAIL /GRAVEL ROAD EXISTING DIRT TRAIL / GRAVEL ROAD MOLASSES CREEK LEFT BANK WETLAND KKCC, CAT. IIIRMC, CAT. 2 CITY OF RENTON UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA EIGHT SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 8 LEFT BANK OF CEDAR RIVER KCC, TYPE S RMC, CLASS 1 DRAINAGE INON-JURISDICTIONAL MOLASSES CREEK, STREAM CKCC, TYPE FRMC, CLASS 2 PONDED AREA R NO BUFFER STREAM F KCC, TYPE N RMC, CLASS 3 WETLAND P KCC, CAT. III WETLAND ORMC, CAT. 2 WETLAND M RMC, CAT. 2 MOLASSES CREEKLEFT BANK DRAINAGE G NON-JURISDICTIONAL DRAINAGE AREA H NON-JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND N KCC, CAT. III PONDED AREA Q NO BUFFER KING COUNTY CAO LANDSLIDE AREA BOUNDARY PER IMAP EXISTING DIRT TRAIL /GRAVEL ROAD EXISTING ASPHALT ROAD EXISTING DIRT TRAIL UNINCORPORATED KING COUNTY CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON EXISTING CULVERTSEXISTING CULVERTS LEGEND SURVEYED WETLAND AREAS ESTIMATED WETLAND EDGE (NOT SURVEYED) SURVEYED STREAM EDGE KING COUNTY WETLAND BUFFER CITY OF RENTON WETLAND BUFFER KING COUNTY STREAM BUFFER CITY OF RENTON STREAM BUFFER EXTENDED WETLAND AND STREAM BUFFER IN HAZARD AREA EXISTING TREES EXISTING PATHS OR ROADS BOUNDARY BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF RENTON JOB NUMBER: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT MANAGER: DESIGNED: DRAFTED: CHECKED: DE S C R I P T I O N NO . DA T E SHEET SIZE: ORIGINAL PLAN IS . SCALE ACCORDINGLY. SU B M I T T A L S & R E V I S I O N S BY ‹ & R S \ U L J K W   7 K H  : D W H U V K H G  & R P S D Q \ DA T E PR I N T E D B Y FIL E N A M E S c i e n c e & D e s i g n 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland WA 98033 p 425.822.5242 f 425.827.8136 www.watershedco.com SO O S C R E E K T R A I L WE T L A N D A N D S T R E A M D E L I N E A T I O N PR E P A R E D F O R : HU I T T - Z O L L A R S , I N C . 81 8 S T E W A R T S T R E E T , S T E . 1 1 2 0 SE A T T L E W A 9 8 1 0 1 - 1 4 7 9 22" x 34" HM MF HM/RK 071105 OF 9 1 05 - 1 7 - 1 3 RE V I E W S E T MF 2 09 - 1 5 - 1 4 DE L I N E A T I O N R E P O R T CL 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 1 4 CO U R T N E Y L A N D O L L W0 7 1 1 0 5 _ D E L I N . D W G 0 100'200'400'WETLAND DELINEATION AREA NINE SCALE: 1" = 100'-0" 9       The Watershed Company March 2013 Appendix B - I A PPENDIX B Wetland Determination Data Forms         US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Renton Park / Soos Creek Park & Trail Sampling Date: July 16, 2008 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP-1 Investigator: N. Lund, M. Foster City/County: Renton / King County Section, Township, Range: S28, T23N, R5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc): bowl Slope (%) <5% Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat: 47° 27’ 10” N Long: 122° 10’ 0” W Datum Soil Map Unit Name: Amc and EvC NWI classification: N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: Wetland A VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size ___________) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 75 Y FAC 2. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 3. 4. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 75 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size ________) 1. Cornus sericea 50 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 5 N FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Lonicera involucrata 15 N FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 70 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Athyrium filix-femina 20 Y FAC 2. Polystichum munitum 10 Y FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Glyceria sp. 5 N OBL 4. Dryopteris expansa 5 N FACW Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Lysichiton americanus 5 N OBL Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 45 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25%______ Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point: DP-1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12”” 10YR 2/2 100% N/A N/A organic 12-16” 10YR 6/2 50% 10YR 4/6 15% Gravelly loamy sand 12-16” 10YR 5/3 50% N/A N/A Gravelly loamy sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Hydric soil present? Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 0” (surface) Wetland Hydrology Present? Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Renton Park / Soos Creek Park & Trail Sampling Date: July 16, 2008 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP-2 Investigator: N. Lund, M. Foster, M. Foster City/County: Renton / King County Section, Township, Range: S28, T23N, R5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) gentle slope Slope (%): ~7% Local relief (concave, convex, none): none Subregion (LRR) A Lat: 47° 27’ 10” N Long: 122° 10’ 0” W Datum Soil Map Unit Name: AmC and EvC NWI classification: N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: Near the wetland edge. VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size ___________) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. 2. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 3. 4. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size ________) 1. Rubus spectabilis 50 Y FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Sorbus aucuparia 30 N NL Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Sambucus racemosa 10 N FACU OBL species x 1 = 4. Polystichum munitum 15 N FACU FACW species x 2 = 5. Cornus sericea 10 N FACW FAC species x 3 = 115 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Athyrium filix-femina 10 Y FAC 2. Mianthemum dilatatum 30 Y FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 40 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) 1. Rubus ursinus 5 N FACU 2. 5 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25% Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point: DP-2 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12” 10YR 2/1 100 N/A Clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Hydric soil present? Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Wetland Hydrology Present? Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Renton Park / Soos Creek Park & Trail Sampling Date: July 16, 2008 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP-3 Investigator: N. Lund, M. Foster, M. Foster City/County: Renton / King County Section, Township, Range: S28, T23N, R5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) toe of slope above roadside ditch Slope (%) <5% Local relief (concave, convex, none): slightly concave, hummocky Subregion (LRR) A Lat: 47° 27’ 10” N Long: 122° 10’ 0” W Datum Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood Gravelly Sandy Loam, 6-15% slopes NWI classification: N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? No Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size ___________) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 60 Y FAC 2. Crataegus douglasii 15 N FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 3. 4. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 75 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size ________) 1. Spiraea douglasii 50 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Acer macrophyllum 2 N FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 52 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Festuca sp. 15 N NL 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 15 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) 1. Rubus ursinus 15 N FACU 2. 15 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 5% Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point: DP-3 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10” 10YR 3/3 100 N/A N/A Sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Hydric soil present? Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Wetland Hydrology Present? Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/19/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- 4 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Populus balsamifera 15 Y FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. 15 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Salix sitchensis 15 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 15 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Phalaris arundinacea 95 Y FACW 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 95 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 5 Y FACU 2. 5 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- 4 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-4 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2” 10YR 3/2 100 N/A Sandy loam 2-6” 2.5Y 3/2 80 10YR 4/6 20 Gravelly sand 6-10” 2.5Y 3/3 100 N/A Gravelly sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Likely fill throughout area HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 7” Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/19/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- 5 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 0 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Poa sp. 95 Y FAC * 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. NO Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 95 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 20 Y FACU 2. 20 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: * Poa sp. presumed FAC. 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- 5 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-5 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6” 10YR 3/2 100 N/A Gravelly sandy loam 6-8” 2.5Y 4/3 90 7.5Y 4/6 10 Gravelly sandy loam 8-16” 10YR 3/2 100 N/A Gravelly sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/28/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- 6 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Cornus sericea 15 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Spiraea douglasii 5 N FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 20 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Poa sp. 90 Y FAC 2. Juncus effusus 5 N FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Juncus ensifolius Trace N FACW 4. Taraxacum officinale Trace N FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Ranunculus repens Trace N FACW YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 95 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- 6 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-6 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6” 10YR 3/1 100 N/A Sandy clay loam 6-8” 6-8” 10YR 3//1 10YR 4/3 40 50 N/A 7.5YR 4/6 N/A 10 Clay loam Clay loam Mixed matrix 8-16” 2.5Y 5/3 100 N/A Clay loam With some organic content 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-5-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 7 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Salix sitchensis 40 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Cornus sericea 15 Yes FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Spirea douglasii 10 No FACW OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Pteridium aquifolium 20 Yes FACU 2. Phalaris arundinacea 50 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus ursinus 5 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-7 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-7 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6 2.5Y 3/3 100 Gravelly sandy loam 6-10 6-10 10YR 2/2 10YR3/4 40 45 5YR3/4 5YR3/4 5 10 Gravelly sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-5-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 8 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Populus balsamifera 20 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 (A) 2. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Cornus sericea 30 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 50 Yes FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Lonicera involucrata 15 No FACW OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Atheria filix-femina 15 Yes FAC 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-8 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-8 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-5 10YR 2/1 100 Sandy loam 5-16 10YR 3/1 100 Gravelly sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redox masked by organic material HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 10 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 5 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-5-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 9 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 65 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Corylus cornuta 30 No FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Rubus spectabilis 60 Yes FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus ursinus 10 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-9 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-9 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 2/2 100 Gravelly sandy loam 8+ - - Large gravel 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/12/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 10 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Flat Slope (%) <5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Populus balsamifera 20 No FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Fraxinus latifolia 40 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Oemleria cerasiformis 30 Yes FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Ilex aquifolium 5 No NI OBL species x 1 = 4. Corylus cornuta <5 No FACU FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 60 Yes FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 10 No FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Poa sp. 60 Yes FAC 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: DP-10 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-10 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6 10YR 4/3 100 Gravelly sandy loam 6-10 10YR 4/3 95 2.5Y 5/2 5 Gravelly sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/12/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 11 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope Slope (%) 10 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 90 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 6 (A) 2. Populus balsamifera 25 Yes FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 6 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Spirea douglasii 10 No FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 60 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Lysichiton americanum 30 Yes OBL 2. Equisetum arvense 30 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Oenanthe sarmentosa 20 Yes OBL 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-11 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-11 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-3 10YR 3/2 100 Sandy loam 3-9 10YR 3/1 100 Sand 9-14 10YR 3/2 90 10YR 2/1 (organic) 10 Gravelly sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 0.5 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-15-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 12 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Rhamnus purshiana 50 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Salix sp 15 Yes FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 100 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis <5 No FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Urtica dioica <5 No FAC 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 20 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-12 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-12 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 7.5YR 3/4 100 Loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-15-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 13 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 28 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 10 Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 1 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Poa sp 80 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Trifolium pretense 20 Yes FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Taraxicum officinale 20 Yes FACU OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-13 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-13 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 2.5Y 4/3 100 Silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Fill below 8 inches HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-18-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 14 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 27 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 10 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Convex Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rubus spectabilis 10 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Oplopanax horridus 15 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Scirpus microcarpus 30 Yes OBL 2. Atheria filix-femina 40 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Lysichiton americanum 5 No OBL 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: DP-14 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-14 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 3/1 100 Silty loam 12-16 10YR 4/2 85 10YR 3/6 15 Silty clay 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 10 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-18-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 15 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 27 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Acer macrophyllum 100 Yes FACU Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Oplopanax horridus 30 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 75 Yes FACU 2. Atheria filix-femina 30 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-15 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-15 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 3/3 100 Loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/24/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 16 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope Slope (%) 60 Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 40 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 80 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Corylus cornuta 10 No FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Lysichiton americanum 25 Yes OBL 2. Tolmiea menziesii 40 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Atheria filix-femina 30 Yes FAC 4. Polystichum munitum <5 No FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Equisetum telmateia 15 No FAC Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Urtica dioica 5 No FAC Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 120 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: DP-16 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-16 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6 10YR 2/2 100 Silty clay loam 6-16 10YR 3/1 Silty clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redox masked by organic material HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/24/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 17 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Acer macrophyllum 90 Yes FACU Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 40 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Ribes divaricatum 5 No FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Corylus cornuta 90 Yes FACU OBL species x 1 = 4. Rubus ursinus 10 No FACY FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Utica dioica 15 Yes FAC 2. Polystichum munitum 15 Yes FACY Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-17 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-17 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 2.5Y 4/4 100 Gravelly silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/24/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: Ponded Area U. Culvert on hillside draining into presumed manmade depression VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 90 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Alnus rubra 15 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Populus balsamifera 5 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Equisetum arvense 20 Yes FAC 2. Poa sp 60 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: DP-18 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-18 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 5Y4/1 70 2.5Y 4/3 30 Silt 8-10 2.5Y 3/2 100 Sand 10-16 10-16 2.5Y 4/1 2.5Y 4/3 50 45 10YR 4/6 5 Sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 10 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 8 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-24-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 19 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Populus balsamifera 25 Yes FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Ranunculus repens 65 Yes FACW 2. Phalaris arundinacea 10 No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Polystichum munitum 10 No FACU 4. Dicentra formosa 15 No FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Rubus ursinus 30 Yes FACU Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 40 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- 19 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-19 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 2.5Y 4/3 100 Loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-24-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 20 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Depression Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: Drainage feature H VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Acer macrophyllum 100 Yes FACU Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 5 No FACU 2. Equisetum telmateia 5 No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Rubus ursinus 60 Yes FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-20 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-20 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 4/2 100 Silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-30-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 21 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Populus balsamifera 90 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Alnus rubra 40 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Phalaris arundinacea 10 Yes FACW 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-21 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-21 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4 2.5Y 4/3 100 Sitly loam 4-6 2.5Y 6/1 80 10YR 4/4 20 Silty loam 6-8 8-12 2.5Y 5/3 2.5Y 5/2 90 80 10YR 4/6 2.5Y 4/4 10 20 Silty loam Silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Several corrugated pipes/culverts feeding into wetland. – unclear where from where they originate. Hydrology is likely provided by precipitation perched atop impermeable surface. Not saturated at the time or our visit on June 30th. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6/1/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 22 Investigator: Kahlo, R City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 40 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Ranunculus repens 85 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Equisetum telmateia 10 No FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: *Presumed FAC DP-22 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-22 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4 2.5Y3/2 100 Sandy loam 4-14 2.5Y 3/2 85 10YR 5/6 15 Loamy sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 6 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 0 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No active hydrology present in late June. Hydrology likely present in rainy season as a result of precipitation ponding on top of compact clay soils. No evidence of hydrology below surface. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 6-24-09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Depression/Riverbank Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Alnus rubra 85 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Thuja plicata 5 No FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Symphoricarpos albus 15 No FACU OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Ranunculus repens 80 Yes FACW 2. Equisetum arvense 15 No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Scirpus microcarpus 40 Yes OBL 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-23 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-23 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 2/2 75 5YR3/4 25 Loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 24 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 20 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Phalaris arundinacea 70 Yes FACW 2. Ranunculus repens 65 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Tolmiea menziesii 5 No FAC 4. Rubus ursinus 15 No FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-24 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-24 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 3/3 100 Loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 25 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 20 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 85 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 80 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 20 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Acer macrophyllum 50 Yes FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Rubus spectabilis 20 Yes FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Lysichiton americanum 90 Yes OBL 2. Urtica dioica 15 No FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Rubus ursinus Trace No FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-25 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-25 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6 10YR 2/1 100 Silty loam 6-14 2.5Y 3/1 100 Sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redoximorphic features masked by dark organic material. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 8 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 26 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, C City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 15 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Ribes bracteosum 60 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Oplopanax horridus 10 No FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Rubus spectabilis 10 No FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Equisetum telmateia 65 Yes FACW 2. Atheria filix-femina 30 No FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Tolmiea menziesii 30 No FAC 4. Urtica dioica 30 No FAC Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 165 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-26 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-26 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 2.5Y 2.5/1 100 Silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redoximorphic features masked by dark organic material HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): 0.25 Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Surface Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 27 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Strickwerda, S City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 67 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 75 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 100 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 70 Yes FACU 2. Atheria filix-femina 10 No FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Dicentra formosa 10 No FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-27 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-27 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 3/2 100 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/30/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 28 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Terrace Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Convex Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Populus balsamifera 60 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Alnus rubra 70 Yes FAC 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Rubus ursinus 20 Yes FACU 2. Agrostis sp 15 Yes FAC* Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Festuca sp 5 No FAC* 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: *Presumed FAC 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-28 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-28 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 2.5Y 6/3 100 Silt 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/30/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 29 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 60 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Convex Subregion (LRR) Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Rhamnus purshiana 5 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 6 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 83 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 15 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 40 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 15 Yes FACU 2. Lysichiton americanum 5 No OBL Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Equisetum telmateia 50 Yes FACW 4. Atheria filix-femina 15 Yes FAC Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Tolmiea menziesii 50 Yes FAC Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-29 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-29 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 2/1 100 Gritty organic 12-16 2.5Y 3/1 100 Gravelly clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redoximorphic features masked by high organic component. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 2 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Surface water present approximately 2 meters north of data pit. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 7/2/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Acer circinatum 80 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 35 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Atheria filix-femina 10 No FAC 2. Tolmiea menziesii 85 Yes FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-30 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-30 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-7 10YR 3/1 100 Clay loam 7-14 10YR 4/1 100 Gravely clay 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: Redoximorphhic features masked HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 8 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 31 Investigator: Kahlo, R; McManus, M City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Riverbank Slope (%) Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Populus balsamifera 90 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 20 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Symphoricarpos albus 60 Yes FACU Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polygonum cuspidatum 60 Yes FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 10 No FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Pteridium aquifolium 20 Yes FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 20 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-31 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-31 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 3/1 100 Silty loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 3/12/2013 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 32 Investigator: Kahlo, R City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Ditch Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rubus spectabilis 20 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 20 Yes FACU 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus 30 Yes FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-32 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-31 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 2.5Y 4/2 85 10YR 4/6 15 C M Loamy sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 33 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Depression Slope (%) None Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Salix lucida 20 Yes FACW Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Acer macrophyllum 65 Yes FACU 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rubus spectabilis 30 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Atheria filix-femina 70 Yes FAC 2. Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-33 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-33 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 2.5Y 5/1 75 7.5YR 4/6 25 C M Clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Moist, not saturated US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Sampling Date: 6/25/09 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars Sampling Point: DP- 34 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S T R State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Depression Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Alnus rubra 40 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rubus spectabilis 20 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Polystichum munitum 50 Yes FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 30 Yes FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Tellima grandiflora 10 No NI 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. No Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-34 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-34 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10 2.5Y 4/2 Sandy loam 10-16 2.5Y 4/2 95 2.5Y 4/4 5 C M Sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/19/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- X1 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Spiraea douglasii 60 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Gaultheria shallon 30 Y FACU Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Rubus spectabilis 5 N FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 95 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Alopecurus sp. 40 Y FAC * 2. Juncus effusus 10 Y FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Athyrium filix-femina Trace N FAC 4. Carex obnupta 5 N OBL Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 55 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus ursinus 5 Y FACU 2. 5 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: * Alopecurus sp. (foxtail grass) presumed FAC. 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- X1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-X1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4” 10YR 2/2 100 N/A Gritty organic 4-10” 4-10” 10YR 3/3 10YR 3/2 60 40 N/A N/A Sandy loam Sandy loam Mixed matrix 10-14” 10YR 3/1 90 7.5Y 3/4 10 Sandy loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No * Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 1” Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface (0”) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: * Approx. 2” of ponded water approx. 6 inches from data point (north, east, west) US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/18/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- Y1 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Spiraea douglasii 50 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Salix lucida ssp. lasiandra 30 Y FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. Cytisus scoparius Trace N NL OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 80 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Maianthemum dilatatum 15 Y FAC 2. Athyrium filix-femina 10 Y FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 25 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- Y1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-Y1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14” 10YR 2/1 100 N/A Sandy clay loam Sulfidic odor 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 2” Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: * 6 inches of ponding approximately 3 feet to the northeast US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/18/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- Y2 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 1 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Field grasses 90 Y FAC * 2. Senecio jacobaea Trace N FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Alopecurus sp. Trace N FAC 4. Achillea millefolium Trace N FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 90 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus ursinus Trace N FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: * Field grasses presumed FAC. 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- Y2 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-Y2 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10” 10YR 2/2 100 N/A Gravelly sandy loam 10-12” 10YR3/4 100 N/A Sand 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail (192nd to Petrovitski & BPA to Cedar River) Sampling Date: 5/19/2009 Applicant/Owner: King County Sampling Point: DP- Z1 Investigator: MKM, RK City/County: King County Sect., Township, Range S 22 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Slight hillslope Slope (%) ~5% Local relief (concave, convex, none) Subregion (LRR) A Lat Long Datum Soil Map Unit Name NWI classification N/A Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100% (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Spiraea douglasii 70 Y FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Salix sitchensis 30 Y FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 100 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Carex obnupta 40 Y OBL 2. Field gasses 10 Y FAC * Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. YES Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. 95 = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. Rubus armeniacus Trace N FACU 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: * Field grasses presumed FAC. 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP- Z1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point DP-Z1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4” 10YR 2/2 100 N/A Sandy loam 4-12” 2.5Y 4/3 100 N/A Sand Sulfidic odor 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 2” Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- AA-1 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Kent/King Sect., Township, Range S 4 T 22N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4296 Long -122.1752 Datum Soil Map Unit Name AgB NWI classification None Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rubus spectabilis 5 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Holcus lanatus 65 Yes FAC 2. Equisetum telmateia 5 No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Ranunculus repens 40 Yes FACW 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AA1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AA1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-14 10YR 2/2 92 7.5YR 3/4 8 C PL, M Gravelly sandy clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 6 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- A2 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Kent/King Sect., Township, Range S 4 T 22N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Convex Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4296 Long -122.1752 Datum Soil Map Unit Name AgB NWI classification None Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Rosa nutkana 5 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Lawn grasses 98 Yes FAC* 2. Equisetum telmateia Trace No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Ranunculus repens 25 Yes FACW 4. Taraxicum officinale Trace No FACU Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: *Presumed FAC 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AA2 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AA2 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 3/2 100 Gravelly sandy clay loam 8-14 10YR 2/2 97 7.5YR 3/4 3 C M Gravelly sandy clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- AB1 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Depression Slope (%) 5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4340 Long -122.1742 Datum Soil Map Unit Name No NWI classification None Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Thuja plicata 10 Yes FAC Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Poa sp. 70 Yes FAC* 2. Ranunculus repens 15 No FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: *Presumed FAC 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AB1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AB1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-3 2.5Y 3/2 100 Gravelly sandy clay loam 3-8 2.5Y 3/2 93 10YR 3/6 7 C M Gravelly sandy clay loam 8-10 8-10 2.5Y 3/2 5G 4/1 70 20 10YR 5/8 10 C M Gravelly sandy clay loam Mixed matrix 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: fill present below 10 inches_____________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- AB2 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 8 Local relief (concave, convex, none) None Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4340 Long -122.1742 Datum Soil Map Unit Name No NWI classification None Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Poa sp. 90 Yes FAC* 2. Trifolium repens 15 No FAC Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Taraxicum officinale 2 No FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: *Presumed FAC 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AB2 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AB2 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10 10YR 2/2 95 10YR 3/4 5 Gravelly sandy clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- AC1 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Isthmus Slope (%) None Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4336 Long -122.1748 Datum Soil Map Unit Name No NWI classification PFOC Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: Soil is old fill. VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Salix sitchensis 10 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Spirea douglasii 20 Yes FACW Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Ranunculus repens 40 Yes FACW 2. Phalaris arundinacea 20 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AC1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AC1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 2/2 95 5G3/1 5 D M Gravelly sandy clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 4 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Surface Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- AD1 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Terrace Slope (%) <5 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Convex Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4321 Long -122.1756 Datum Soil Map Unit Name AgB NWI classification PSSC Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Spirea douglasii 20 Yes FACW Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Rubus spectabilis 15 Yes FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Phalaris arundinacea 85 Yes FACW 2. Cirsium arvense Trace No FACU Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. Gaultheria shallon 5 No FACU 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-AD1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-AD1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 3/3 80 Loamy sand Mixed matrix 0-12 10YR 2/2 20 Loamy sand Mixed matrix 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Supplement to the 1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual Project Site: Soos Creek Trail Sampling Date: 5/7/2012 Applicant/Owner: Huitt-Zollars, Inc. Sampling Point: DP- BB1 Investigator: Kahlo, R; Lund, N City/County: Renton/King Sect., Township, Range S 33 T 23N R 5E State: WA Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc) Hillslope Slope (%) 3 Local relief (concave, convex, none) Concave Subregion (LRR) A Lat 47.4439 Long -122.1741 Datum Soil Map Unit Name No NWI classification None Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No (If no, explain in remarks.) Are “Normal Circumstances” present on the site? Yes No (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are Vegetation , Soil, , or Hydrology naturally problematic? SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No Is this Sampling Point within a Wetland? Yes No Hydric Soils Present? Yes No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes No Remarks: VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size 5m diam. ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet 1. Number of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species that are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size 3m diam. ) 1. Prevalence Index Worksheet 2. Total % Cover of Multiply by 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Herb Stratum (Plot size 1m diam. ) Column totals (A) (B) 1. Poa sp. 50 Yes FAC* 2. Ranunculus repens 50 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = B / A = 3. 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators 5. Yes Dominance test is > 50% 6. Prevalence test is ≤ 3.0 * 7. Morphological Adaptations * (provide supporting 8. data in remarks or on a separate sheet) 9. Wetland Non-Vascular Plants * 10. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation * (explain) 11. = Total Cover * Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size ) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum ______ Remarks: 750 Sixth Street South Kirkland, Washington 98033 (425) 822-5242 watershedco.com DP-BB1 US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast – Interim Version SOIL Sampling Point – DP-BB1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type1 Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 3/2 85 10YR 4/6 15 C M Gravelly sandy clay loam 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains 2Loc: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3 Histosol (A1) Sandy Redox (S5) 2cm Muck (A10) Histic Epipedon (A2) Stripped Matrix (S6) Red Parent Material (TF2) Black Histic (A3) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) Other (explain in remarks) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Depleted Matrix (F3) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Redox Dark Surface (F6) 3 Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Hydric soil present? Type: ________________________________________ Yes No Depth (inches): _____________________________________ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required): Surface water (A1) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Water-Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) High Water Table (A2) Water-Stained Leaves (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A & 4B) (B9) Drainage Patterns (B10) Saturation (A3) Salt Crust (B11) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Water Marks (B1) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) Sediment Deposits (B2) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Geomorphic Position (D2) Drift Deposits (B3) Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Iron Deposits (B5) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Frost-Heave Hummocks Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Other (explain in remarks) Field Observations Wetland Hydrology Present? Surface Water Present? Yes No Depth (in): Water Table Present? Yes No Depth (in): 8 Yes No Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes No Depth (in): 0 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: The Watershed Company March 2013 Appendix C - I A PPENDIX C Wetland Rating Forms       Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland A Date of site visit: 5/7/2012 Rated by: Kahlo, R; Lund, N Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 3, 4 27, 3 TWNSHP: 22N 23N RNGE: 5E 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  27, 28, 33 SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 28 Score for Hydrologic Functions 32 Score for Habitat Functions 24 TOTAL score for functions 84 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  I Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine X Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present X Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X* SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X* SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X** SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed for this study. ** Wetland A is likely used by coho salmon, a priority species. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality R R 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 52) R R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap sediments during a flooding event: Depressions cover >3/4 area of wetland .................................................................. points = 8 Depressions cover > 1/2 area of wetland ................................................................. points = 4 Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland .............................................. points = 2 No depressions present ............................................................................................ points = 0 8 R R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland (areas with > 90% cover at person height): Forest or shrub > 2/3 the area of the wetland .......................................................... points = 8 Forest or shrub > 1/3 area of the wetland ................................................................ points = 6 Ungrazed, emergent plants > 2/3 area of wetland ................................................... points = 6 Ungrazed emergent plants > 1/3 area of wetland .................................................... points = 3 Forest, shrub, and ungrazed emergent < 1/3 area of wetland .................................. points = 0 6 R Total for R 1 Add the points in the boxes above 14 R R 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 53) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where human activities have raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or nutrients in the river water above standards for water quality  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 R TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from R 1 by R 2 Add score to table on p. 1 28 Comments Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion R 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 54) R R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides: Estimate the average width of the wetland perpendicular to the direction of the flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between banks). Calculate the ratio: (width of wetland)/(width of stream). If the ratio is more than 20 ............................................................................................ points = 9 If the ratio is between 10 – 20 ....................................................................................... points = 6 If the ratio is 5- <10 ...................................................................................................... points = 4 If the ratio is 1- <5 ........................................................................................................ points = 2 If the ratio is < 1 ............................................................................................................ points = 1 9 R R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods: Treat large woody debris as “forest or shrub”. Choose the points appropriate for the best description. (polygons need to have >90% cover at person height NOT Cowardin classes) Forest or shrub for >1/3 area OR Emergent plants > 2/3 area ........................................ points = 7 Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR Emergent plants > 1/3 area ..................................... points = 4 Vegetation does not meet above criteria ......................................................................... points = 0 7 R Total for R 3 Add the points in the boxes above 16 R R 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 57) Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Note which of the following conditions apply.  There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings, bridges, farms) that can be damaged by flooding.  There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be damaged by flooding  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 32 R TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R 3 by R 4 Add score to table on p. 1 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 4 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 3 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, SASI, POBA, SALU, SPDO, THPL, COSE, RUSP, SARA, RONU, LOIN, TYLA, SCMI, JUEF, RARE, ATFI, DRRO, RHNE, LYAM, ACCI 2 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 3 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 4 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 16 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 1 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 6 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 18 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: A Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. NA       Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland B Date of site visit: 5/7/2012 Rated by:Kahlo, R; Lund, N Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 3, 4 27, 3 TWNSHP: 22N 23N RNGE: 5E 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  27, 28, 33 SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 28 Score for Hydrologic Functions 32 Score for Habitat Functions 26 TOTAL score for functions 84 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  I Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine X Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X* SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X* SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X** SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed for this study. ** Wetland B is likely used by coho salmon, a priority species. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality R R 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 52) R R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap sediments during a flooding event: Depressions cover >3/4 area of wetland .................................................................. points = 8 Depressions cover > 1/2 area of wetland ................................................................. points = 4 Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland .............................................. points = 2 No depressions present ............................................................................................ points = 0 8 R R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland (areas with > 90% cover at person height): Forest or shrub > 2/3 the area of the wetland .......................................................... points = 8 Forest or shrub > 1/3 area of the wetland ................................................................ points = 6 Ungrazed, emergent plants > 2/3 area of wetland ................................................... points = 6 Ungrazed emergent plants > 1/3 area of wetland .................................................... points = 3 Forest, shrub, and ungrazed emergent < 1/3 area of wetland .................................. points = 0 6 R Total for R 1 Add the points in the boxes above 14 R R 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 53) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where human activities have raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or nutrients in the river water above standards for water quality  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 R TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from R 1 by R 2 Add score to table on p. 1 28 Comments Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion R 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 54) R R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides: Estimate the average width of the wetland perpendicular to the direction of the flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between banks). Calculate the ratio: (width of wetland)/(width of stream). If the ratio is more than 20 ............................................................................................ points = 9 If the ratio is between 10 – 20 ....................................................................................... points = 6 If the ratio is 5- <10 ...................................................................................................... points = 4 If the ratio is 1- <5 ........................................................................................................ points = 2 If the ratio is < 1 ............................................................................................................ points = 1 9 R R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods: Treat large woody debris as “forest or shrub”. Choose the points appropriate for the best description. (polygons need to have >90% cover at person height NOT Cowardin classes) Forest or shrub for >1/3 area OR Emergent plants > 2/3 area ........................................ points = 7 Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR Emergent plants > 1/3 area ..................................... points = 4 Vegetation does not meet above criteria ......................................................................... points = 0 7 R Total for R 3 Add the points in the boxes above 16 R R 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 57) Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Note which of the following conditions apply.  There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings, bridges, farms) that can be damaged by flooding.  There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be damaged by flooding  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 32 R TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R 3 by R 4 Add score to table on p. 1 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 4 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 3 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, SASI, POBA, SALU, SPDO, THPL, COSE, RUSP, SARA, RONU, LOIN, TYLA, SCMI, JUEF, RARE, ATFI, DRRO, RHNE, LYAM, ACCI 2 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 3 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 4 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 16 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 3 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 6 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 20 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 26 Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Wetland name or number: B Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. NA       Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland C Date of site visit: 5/25/12 Rated by:Kahlo, R Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 33 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 24 Score for Hydrologic Functions 18 Score for Habitat Functions 22 TOTAL score for functions 64 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional X Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present X Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X* SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed for this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 1 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 4 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 2 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 12 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other____________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 1 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 3 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 9 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other _______________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 18 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 4 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, POBA, SALU, SASI, LOIN, SPDO, MAFU, LYAM, SCMI, GAAP, GATR, SCAC, RARE, TYLA 1 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 3 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 5 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 13 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 3 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 3 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 11 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 11 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 22 Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: C Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Name of wetland (if known): Wetland D Date of site visit: July 16, 2008 Rated by: N. Lund M. Foster Trained by Ecology? Yes * No  Date of Training *Fall 2005 June 2008 SEC: 28 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  * Univ. of WA Wetland Science & Management Certificate Program Map of wetland unit: Figure ___ Estimated Size ____ SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score >70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 24 Score for Hydrologic Functions 18 Score for Habitat Functions 22 TOTAL score for functions 64 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional x Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above x Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present x Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 1 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 4 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 2 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 12 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other_____________________________________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 1 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 3 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 9 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other ____________________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 18 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland or ¼ acre.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 types or more .............................. points = 4 3 types .......................................... points = 2 2 types .......................................... points = 1 1 type ............................................ points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 2 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between types of vegetation (described in H 1.1), or vegetation types and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 2 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 11 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 2 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (see text for a more detailed description of these priority habitats)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres).  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Old-growth forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.  Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where grasses and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs.  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.  Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban development.  Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5% during the period of average annual low flow. Includes both estuaries and lagoons.  Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs, snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion control). If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number __ D______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 11 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 11 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 22       Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Name of wetland (if known): Wetland E Date of site visit: July 16, 2008 Rated by: N. Lund M. Foster Trained by Ecology? Yes * No  Date of Training *Fall 2005 June 2008 SEC: 28 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  * Univ. of WA Wetland Science & Management Certificate Program Map of wetland unit: Figure ___ Estimated Size ____ SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score >70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 2 Score for Hydrologic Functions 6 Score for Habitat Functions 17 TOTAL score for functions 25 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  IV Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope x Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above x Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data was obtained from WDFW as part of this study To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 1 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 1 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier _2_ S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 2 Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 1 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier _2_ S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 6 Comments Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland or ¼ acre.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 types or more .............................. points = 4 3 types .......................................... points = 2 2 types .......................................... points = 1 1 type ............................................ points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 1 Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between types of vegetation (described in H 1.1), or vegetation types and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 1 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 8 Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 3 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (see text for a more detailed description of these priority habitats)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres).  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Old-growth forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.  Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where grasses and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs.  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.  Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban development.  Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5% during the period of average annual low flow. Includes both estuaries and lagoons.  Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs, snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion control). If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 1 Wetland name or number __E______ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 8 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 17       Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Soos Creek Trail, Wetland F Date of site visit: May 18, 2009 Rated by:MKM, RK Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score >70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 22 Score for Hydrologic Functions 20 Score for Habitat Functions 16 TOTAL score for functions 58 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional X Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X * Online PHS data was reviewed as part of this study To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 2 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 0 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 4 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 11 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft mowing in BPA clearing  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other_____________________________________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 22 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 2 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 5 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 3 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 10 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other ____________________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 20 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 2 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 1 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 9 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 1 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 3 Wetland name or number ___F_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 7 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 9 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 18       Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Soos Creek Trail, Wetland G Date of site visit: May 18, 2009 Rated by:MKM, RK Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score >70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 24 Score for Hydrologic Functions 20 Score for Habitat Functions 15 TOTAL score for functions 59 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional X Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data was reviewed for this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 16 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 6. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 17 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 3 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 0 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 4 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 12 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft mowing in BPA clearing  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other_____________________________________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 18 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 4 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 3 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 3 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 10 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other ____________________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 20 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 19 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 2 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 20 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 1 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 2 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 8 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 21 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 1 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 22 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 3 Wetland name or number ___G_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 23 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 7 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 8 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 15       Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 25 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Soos Creek Trail, Wetland H Date of site visit: May 18, 2009 Rated by:MKM, RK Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score >70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 20 Score for Hydrologic Functions 24 Score for Habitat Functions 8 TOTAL score for functions 52 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional X Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 26 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data was reviewed for this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 27 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 28 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 7. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 29 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 3 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 0 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 2 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 10 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft mowing in BPA clearing  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other_____________________________________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 20 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 30 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 4 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 5 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 3 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 12 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other ____________________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 31 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 1 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 32 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 0 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 1 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 3 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 33 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 1 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 0 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 34 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 1 Wetland name or number ___H_____ Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 35 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 5 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 3 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 8       Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland I Date of site visit: 6/18/09 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 20 Score for Hydrologic Functions 18 Score for Habitat Functions 23 TOTAL score for functions 61 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  II Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine X Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present X Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality R R 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 52) R R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap sediments during a flooding event: Depressions cover >3/4 area of wetland .................................................................. points = 8 Depressions cover > 1/2 area of wetland ................................................................. points = 4 Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland .............................................. points = 2 No depressions present ............................................................................................ points = 0 2 R R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland (areas with > 90% cover at person height): Forest or shrub > 2/3 the area of the wetland .......................................................... points = 8 Forest or shrub > 1/3 area of the wetland ................................................................ points = 6 Ungrazed, emergent plants > 2/3 area of wetland ................................................... points = 6 Ungrazed emergent plants > 1/3 area of wetland .................................................... points = 3 Forest, shrub, and ungrazed emergent < 1/3 area of wetland .................................. points = 0 8 R Total for R 1 Add the points in the boxes above 10 R R 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 53) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where human activities have raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or nutrients in the river water above standards for water quality  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 R TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from R 1 by R 2 Add score to table on p. 1 20 Comments Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 R Riverine and Freshwater Tidal Fringe Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion R 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 54) R R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides: Estimate the average width of the wetland perpendicular to the direction of the flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between banks). Calculate the ratio: (width of wetland)/(width of stream). If the ratio is more than 20 ............................................................................................ points = 9 If the ratio is between 10 – 20 ....................................................................................... points = 6 If the ratio is 5- <10 ...................................................................................................... points = 4 If the ratio is 1- <5 ........................................................................................................ points = 2 If the ratio is < 1 ............................................................................................................ points = 1 2 R R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods: Treat large woody debris as “forest or shrub”. Choose the points appropriate for the best description. (polygons need to have >90% cover at person height NOT Cowardin classes) Forest or shrub for >1/3 area OR Emergent plants > 2/3 area ........................................ points = 7 Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR Emergent plants > 1/3 area ..................................... points = 4 Vegetation does not meet above criteria ......................................................................... points = 0 7 R Total for R 3 Add the points in the boxes above 9 R R 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 57) Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Note which of the following conditions apply.  There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings, bridges, farms) that can be damaged by flooding.  There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be damaged by flooding  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 R TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R 3 by R 4 Add score to table on p. 1 18 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 1 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ATFI, SCMI, LYAM, RUSP, RARE, RUCR, POMU, OPHO, RIBR 1 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 2 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 8 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 8 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 23 Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: I Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland J Date of site visit: 7/7/2009 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, N Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 3 Score for Hydrologic Functions 16 Score for Habitat Functions 24 TOTAL score for functions 43 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope X Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed for this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 3 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 3 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 1 S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 3 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 6 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 8 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 16 Comments Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 1 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 1 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 2 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 9 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 9 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: J Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland K Date of site visit: 6/18/09 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 3 Score for Hydrologic Functions 10 Score for Habitat Functions 24 TOTAL score for functions 37 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 3 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 3 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 1 S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 3 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 3 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 5 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 10 Comments Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, RUSP, RIBR, ACCI, RUAR, LYAM, TOME, EQTE, URDI, RARE, POMU 1 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 2 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 9 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 9 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: K Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland L Date of site visit: 7/7/2009 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 3 Score for Hydrologic Functions 10 Score for Habitat Functions 25 TOTAL score for functions 38 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope X Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 3 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 3 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier _1_ S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 3 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 3 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 5 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 10 Comments Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 2 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, ACMA, RUSP, ACCI, RUPA, RIBR, LYAM, RUUR, TOME, POMU, RARE, EQTE, URDI 1 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 2 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 10 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 10 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 25 Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: L Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland M Date of site visit: 6/30/2009 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: TWNSHP: RNGE: Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 6 Score for Hydrologic Functions 16 Score for Habitat Functions 24 TOTAL score for functions 46 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope X Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 6 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 6 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 1 S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 6 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 6 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 8 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 16 Comments Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 1 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 1 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 1 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 4 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 9 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 9 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 24 Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: M Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland N Date of site visit: 6/30/2009 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 12 Score for Hydrologic Functions 8 Score for Habitat Functions 11 TOTAL score for functions 31 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional X Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depressional and Flats Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality D D 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 3 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) 3 D D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES points = 4 NO points = 0 0 D D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area ........................................ points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area .......................................... points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area ......................................... points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area .............................................. points = 0 5 D D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > ½ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < ¼ total area of wetland ........................................................ points = 0 NOTE: See text for indicators of seasonal and permanent inundation. 4 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 12 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland  Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen  Other____________ YES multiply score in D 1. by 2 NO multiply score in D 1. by 1 (see p. 44) multiplier 1 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p. 1 12 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 D Depresssional and Flats Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ...................................... points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, or highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ..... points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 1 Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet, and/or outlet is a man-made ditch ...................................... points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) . points = 0 4 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are at least 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet ................ points = 7 The wetland is a “headwater” wetland” ............................................................................... points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet ...................................... points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water ...................................................................................................................... points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0 0 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit ............................................ points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................ points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ........................................ points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5 0 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 4 D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other _______________  YES multiplier is 2  NO multiplier is 1 (see p. 49) multiplier 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 8 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 0 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 POBA, ALRU, HBB, (PHAR), RUUR, JUEF, RARE, Willow. 1 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 0 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 1 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 2 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 0 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 2 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 11 Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: N Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland O Date of site visit: 6/30/09 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 6 Score for Hydrologic Functions 16 Score for Habitat Functions 23 TOTAL score for functions 45 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope X Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 6 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 6 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier _1_ S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 6 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 6 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 8 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 16 Comments Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 1 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 EQTE, RUSP, TOME, RIBR, OPHO, ACCI, ATFI 1 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 1 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 8 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 8 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 23 Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: O Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 1 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland P Date of site visit: 7/7/09 Rated by: Kahlo, R; McManus, M Trained by Ecology? Yes  No  Date of Training 3/2009 SEC: 22 TWNSHP: 23N RNGE:5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes  No  SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I  II  III  IV  Category I = Score ≥70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions 3 Score for Hydrologic Functions 10 Score for Habitat Functions 20 TOTAL score for functions 33 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I  II  Does not Apply  III Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above) Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated. Wetland Type Wetland Class Estuarine Depressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake-fringe Mature Forest Slope X Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 2 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection (in addition to the protection recommended for its category) YES NO SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. X SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). X SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. X *Online PHS data from WDFW was reviewed as part of this study. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. Classifying the wetland first simplifies the questions needed to answer how it functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 3 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in Questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the wetland unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?  NO – go to 2  YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit  NO – go to 3  YES – The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria?  The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size;  At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?  NO – go to 4  YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),  The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.  The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than a foot deep).  NO – go to 5  YES – The wetland class is Slope Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 4 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?  The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river.  The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding.  NO - go to 6  YES – The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland.  NO – go to 7  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.  NO – go to 8  YES – The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use in Rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 5 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality S S 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of wetland: Slope is1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 foot vertical drop in elevation horizontal distance) for every 100 ft ...................................................... points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% ................................................................................................... points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% ................................................................................................... points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% ....................................................................................... points = 0 0 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions). YES = 3 points NO = 0 points 0 S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover) and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area..................... points = 6 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area ......................................... points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > ½ of area .................................................................. points = 2 Dense, ungrazed, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area ......................................... points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation ......................................... points = 0 3 S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above 3 S S 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p. 67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.  Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft  Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland  Tilled fields, logging or orchards within 150 ft of wetland  A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging  Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland  Other_____________________________________ YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier _1_ S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from S 1 by S 2 Add score to table on p. 1 3 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 6 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 S Slope Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 68) S S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fit conditions in the wetland. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. ............. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland ........................................... points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area ............................................................. points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid ............. points = 0 3 S S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO points = 0 2 S Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above 5 S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p. 70) Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply.  Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems  Other_____________________________________ (Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 multiplier 2 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 10 Comments Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 7 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat H 1. Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see p. 72) Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class is ¼ acre or covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland if unit smaller than 2.5 acres.  Aquatic bed  Emergent plants  Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)  Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)  Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground- cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more ....................... points = 4 3 structures ................................... points = 2 2 structures ................................... points = 1 1 structure ..................................... points = 0 1 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ¼ acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods)  Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present ................. points = 3  Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present ................................ points = 2  Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present ............................... points = 1  Saturated only 1 types present…………………….points = 0  Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland  Lake-fringe wetland = 2 points  Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points 1 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species ............................. points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species ............................ points = 1 < 5 species ............................... points = 0 ALRU, RUSP, RUAR, ATFI, RARE, EQTE, URDI, RUUR 1 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 8 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (see p. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types and open water the rating is always “high”. 0 H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (see p. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column.  Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).  Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland  Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)  Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present  At least ¼ acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated.(structures for egg-laying by amphibians)  Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants Note: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 2 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 5 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 9 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (see p. 80) Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed.”  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazing) ...................................................................... Points = 5  100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. ......................................................................................... Points = 4  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. ............................................................................................ Points = 4  100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference ............................................................................................ Points = 3  50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. ..................................................................................... Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above  No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. ................... Points = 2  No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. .......................................................................... Points = 2  Heavy grazing in buffer. ......................................................................................................... Points = 1  Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland ...................................... Points = 0 Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above……………………………………………...Points = 1 4 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points 2 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 10 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phslist.htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland? (NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed)  Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acres). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full description in WDFW PHS report p. 152) Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.  Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old-growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests.) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.  Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158.)  Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.  Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non-forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A.)  Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.  Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.  Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of >51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetland are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4. 4 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 11 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. ................................................................................................................. points = 5 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands within ½ mile ........................................................................................ points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within ½ mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed ........................................................................................................................... points = 3 The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetland within ½ mile ............................................................................................................ points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within ½ mile. ................................................................................... points = 2 There are no wetlands within ½ mile. .......................................................................................... points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 15 TOTAL for H1 from page 14 5 Total Score for Habitat Functions – add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on p. 1 20 Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 12 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate Category. Wetland Type Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. Category SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (see p. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? The dominant water regime is tidal, Vegetated, and With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II) The are aof Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed wetland. The wetland has at least 2 or the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Cat. I Cat. II Dual rating I/II Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 13 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES – contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO Not a Heritage Wetland Cat. I SC 3.0 Bogs (see p. 87) Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes, you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the wetland have organic soils horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16” or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils.) Yes - go to Q.3 NO - go to Q.2 2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q.3 NO is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the wetland have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists species in Table 3)? Yes – Is a bog for purpose of rating NO - go to Q.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 4. Is the wetland forested (>30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (>30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? YES = Category I NO is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 14 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (see p. 90) Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. Note: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and “OR” so old- growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. Mature forests: (west of the Cascade crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80-200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm); crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quanitity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old-growth YES = Category 1 NO not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks. The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surgace water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES – Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). At least ¾ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. The wetalnd is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland name or number: P Wetland Rating Form – western Washington 15 August 2004 Version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93) Is the wetalnd unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Westarn Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES – go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: − Long Beach Peninsula – lands west of SR 103 − Grayland-Westport – lands west of SR 105 − Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland 1 acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 acre or larger? YES = Category II NO – go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. II Cat. III Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categorie, and record on p. 1 . If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p.1. N/A       The Watershed Company March 2013 Appendix D - I A PPENDIX D King County Jurisdictional Determinations – Ponded Areas P & Q       From:Locsin, Ramon To:Soi, Karan; Simmons, Gordy; Helling, Don; Subject:FW: Soos Creek Trail Date:Tuesday, February 26, 2013 8:19:40 AM Nick’s decision on the ponds regarding critical areas. Ramon Ramon Locsin Site Development Specialist II King County Department of Environmental and Permitting Review (DPER) 35030 SE Douglas St., Suite 210 Snoqualmie, WA 98065-9266 (206) 477-0299 From: Gillen, Nick Sent: Tuesday, February 19, 2013 11:09 AM To: Locsin, Ramon Subject: Soos Creek Trail Ramon, Per 21A.06.1391 B, wetland does not include an artificial feature made from a non-wetland area, which may include but is not limited to a “flow control facility” or detention pond. Based on our field visit the applicant’s wetland consultant is fairly confident that the existing ponds built in the mid-60’s where not built within an existing wetland. Therefore it is the county’s opinion that although the ponds have wetland characteristic’s they are not regulated wetland features per KCC21A.24. Nick